1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10627 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10635 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10638 For the font size there are four possible values:
10655 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10659 The font sizes are the
10664 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10665 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10666 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10676 \begin_inset space ~
10680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10682 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10706 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10707 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10708 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10710 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10713 dialog, see section
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10720 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10732 \begin_layout Subsection
10733 Using Different Character Styles
10737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10758 certain paragraph environments.
10759 LyX supports two character styles,
10768 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10772 \begin_layout Standard
10777 style, do one of the following:
10780 \begin_layout Itemize
10781 click on the toolbar button
10782 \begin_inset Graphics
10783 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 use the key binding
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10800 \begin_layout Standard
10801 These commands are all toggles.
10806 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10809 \begin_layout Standard
10810 One typically uses the
10814 style for proper names.
10816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10823 is the original author of LyX.
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 A more widely used character style is the
10836 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10843 \begin_layout Itemize
10844 clicking on the toolbar button
10845 \begin_inset Graphics
10846 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10853 \begin_layout Itemize
10854 using the keybindings
10857 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10868 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10869 es use a different font.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10873 We've been using the
10877 style all over the place in this document.
10878 Here's one more example:
10881 \begin_layout Quotation
10884 Don't overuse character styles!
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10889 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10890 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10891 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10906 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Fine-Tuning with the
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10924 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10943 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10944 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10945 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10946 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10947 from ordinary dialog.
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10952 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10953 \begin_inset Newline newline
10956 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10957 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To use custom character styles, open the
10963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10965 \begin_inset space ~
10971 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10972 font property which you can choose.
10973 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10976 \begin_inset space ~
10981 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10986 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10987 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10988 environments in a snap.
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10995 \begin_inset space ~
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 The possible options are:
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11032 This is the Roman font family.
11033 Normally a serif font.
11034 It's also the default family.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 \begin_inset Note Note
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11073 It is explained in section
11074 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11080 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11092 \begin_layout Labeling
11093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11104 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11142 \begin_layout Labeling
11143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11150 This is the Typewriter font family.
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This corresponds to the print weight.
11202 \begin_layout Labeling
11203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 This is the Medium font series.
11209 It's also the default series.
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11220 This is the Bold font series.
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Labeling
11260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11265 As the name implies.
11270 \begin_layout Labeling
11271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11276 This is the Upright font shape.
11277 It's also the default shape.
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11295 s the Italic font shape
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11309 This is the Slanted font shape
11311 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11314 \begin_layout Labeling
11315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 \begin_inset space ~
11326 This is the Small caps font shape
11333 \begin_layout Labeling
11334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11339 Alters the size of the font.
11340 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11341 nal to the document font size.
11342 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11343 what you want to do.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Labeling
11435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11488 \begin_layout Labeling
11489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 It's also the default size.
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11743 \begin_layout Labeling
11744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_inset space ~
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11896 \begin_inset space ~
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Labeling
11970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12055 \begin_layout Labeling
12056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 \begin_layout Standard
12147 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12148 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12149 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12150 - use that instead.
12151 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12154 \begin_layout Labeling
12155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12160 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12165 \begin_layout Labeling
12166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 This is text with emphasize on
12176 This might seem like the same as
12180 , but it is actually a bit different.
12186 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12188 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12199 This is text with Underbar on.
12206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12237 \begin_inset Newline newline
12242 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12243 when you couldn't change fonts.
12244 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12245 It's only included in LyX because some people
12249 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with Noun on.
12267 , this is a logical attribute.
12268 Normally it's equivalent to
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12287 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12291 \begin_inset space ~
12296 , which is the default
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and means normally black, you can choose between
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 \begin_layout Labeling
12350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12356 the language of the document.
12357 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12361 \begin_layout Standard
12362 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12363 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 dialog, the settings are saved.
12373 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12374 \begin_inset Graphics
12375 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12380 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12381 when the dialog isn't visible.
12385 \begin_layout Standard
12386 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12395 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12396 (suppose you just set the shape to
12397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Newline newline
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12511 \begin_inset Note Note
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12515 For more on phantoms see section
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12522 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12532 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_layout Itemize
12543 fonts use characters with serifs.
12544 These are the small
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12552 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12553 The following example will show the difference:
12554 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 text without serifs
12566 \begin_inset Newline newline
12569 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12570 They are therefore used as default font (named
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12583 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12584 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12589 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12592 \begin_layout Section
12593 Printing and Previewing
12596 \begin_layout Subsection
12600 \begin_layout Standard
12601 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12602 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12603 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12604 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12605 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12608 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12618 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12619 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12620 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12621 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12622 This happens in two stages:
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12626 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12627 generating a file with the extension,
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 \begin_layout Enumerate
12643 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12647 file to produce printable output.
12651 \begin_layout Subsection
12652 Output file formats
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12665 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 File formats ! ASCII
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12704 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12715 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12735 \begin_layout Standard
12736 This file type has the extension
12737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12751 it manually with console commands.
12752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12753 you view or export your document.
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 This file type has the extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12815 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12830 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12831 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12836 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12837 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12838 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12839 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12858 File formats ! PostScript
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 This file type has the extension
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 PostScript was developed by the company
12884 as printer language.
12885 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12887 PostScript can be seen as
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 programming language
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12920 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12924 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12928 Encapsulated PostScript
12929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12932 (EPS, file extension
12933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12945 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12946 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12947 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12948 whenever you view or export your document.
12949 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12950 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12951 EPS to avoid this problem.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12957 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12958 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 This file type has the extension
12990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 Portable Document Format
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13010 (PDF) is developed by
13014 as derivative from PostScript.
13015 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13025 looks exactly the same.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 (JPG, file extension
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 Portable Network Graphics
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 (PNG, file extension
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13082 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13083 in the background to one of these formats.
13084 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13085 will slow down your workflow.
13086 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13089 \begin_layout Standard
13090 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13095 in three different ways:
13098 \begin_layout Description
13099 PDF This uses the program
13103 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13104 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13108 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13109 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13112 \begin_layout Description
13114 \begin_inset space ~
13117 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13121 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13125 \begin_layout Description
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13130 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13134 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 We recommend to use
13141 \begin_inset space ~
13150 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13156 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13159 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13175 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13179 and choose a file type.
13180 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13186 you can use the toolbar button
13187 \begin_inset Graphics
13188 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13200 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_inset Graphics
13207 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13217 \begin_inset Graphics
13218 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13231 viewer window using the menu
13233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13242 To have a real output, export your document.
13245 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 Printing the File from within LyX
13247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13249 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13258 it directly from within LyX.
13259 To print a file, select the menu
13261 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 or click on the toolbar button
13265 \begin_inset Graphics
13266 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13271 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13272 This file is then processed by the program
13276 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13281 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13286 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13287 printing one set to print on the other side.
13288 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13289 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13290 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13293 \begin_layout Standard
13294 You can set the parameters in the
13297 \begin_inset space ~
13305 \begin_layout Labeling
13306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13316 Note that this printer name is for the program
13325 has to be configured for this printer name.
13326 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13327 \begin_inset space ~
13331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13333 reference "sub:Printer"
13342 The printer should understand PostScript.
13345 \begin_layout Labeling
13346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13351 The name of a file to print to.
13352 The output will be a PostScript file.
13353 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13357 \begin_layout Section
13358 A few Words about Typography
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13371 \begin_layout Subsection
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13392 \begin_layout Standard
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13405 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13420 \begin_layout Enumerate
13422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_layout Enumerate
13446 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_layout Enumerate
13483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 \begin_layout Enumerate
13533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13537 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You generate them by inserting the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 character multiple times in a row.
13573 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13574 final output, but not in LyX.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13579 math mode and has a length of its own.
13580 Here are some examples of the
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13595 \begin_layout Enumerate
13596 line- and page-breaks
13597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13619 \begin_layout Enumerate
13620 Oh --- there's a dash.
13621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13632 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13646 \begin_layout Subsection
13651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13660 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13669 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13683 following the rules of the document language
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13688 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13696 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_inset space ~
13707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13719 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13724 and with unusual constructs, like
13725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13733 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13734 This is done with the menu
13736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13737 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_inset space ~
13745 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13746 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13751 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13752 a hyphen and a space in the form
13753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13761 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 as hyphenation possibility.
13770 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13771 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13772 of the LaTeX-box-command
13778 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13779 As LyX doesn't support
13785 , we have to use TeX Code.
13786 The result looks in LyX like:
13789 \begin_layout Standard
13790 \begin_inset Graphics
13791 filename clipart/mbox.png
13798 \begin_layout Standard
13799 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13800 \begin_inset space ~
13804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13806 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13813 \begin_layout Subsection
13818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13828 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13840 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13841 LaTeX then adds the
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13845 appropriate amount of space
13846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13852 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13871 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 Here are some examples of
13879 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_layout Standard
13893 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13896 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 this is too much space!
13902 \begin_layout Itemize
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13915 \begin_layout Enumerate
13919 \begin_inset space ~
13924 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13931 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 Spaces ! inter-word
13948 \begin_layout Enumerate
13952 \begin_inset space ~
13957 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 \begin_layout Enumerate
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13993 \begin_inset space ~
14000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_inset space ~
14007 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14008 This function is also bound to
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14025 \begin_inset space \space{}
14028 this is too much space!
14031 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14038 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14039 LaTeX will care about this.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14047 \begin_inset space ~
14052 feature described in section
14063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14069 Typography ! Quotes
14078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14118 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14119 and use a closing quote at the end.
14121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 The keyboard character,
14133 , generates this automatically.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 You can change the behavior of the
14141 key using the submenu
14147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 Document ! Settings
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14169 There are six choices:
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 Use quotes like this
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes els
14198 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14232 \begin_layout Labeling
14233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14236 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14254 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14258 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14264 \begin_layout Labeling
14265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14268 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14286 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14290 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14296 \begin_layout Labeling
14297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14300 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14304 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14322 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14328 \begin_layout Labeling
14329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14332 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14336 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14350 \begin_inset Quotes als
14354 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 These settings affects what character the
14368 \begin_layout Subsection
14373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14374 Typography ! Ligatures
14383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14414 name "sub:Ligatures"
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14423 print them as single characters.
14424 These groups are known as
14429 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14431 Here are the standard ligatures:
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Itemize
14450 \begin_layout Itemize
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14459 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14460 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 To break a ligature, use
14486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14507 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14524 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 \begin_layout Subsection
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You have surely noticed, that the word
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14563 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14564 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 \begin_inset Note Note
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14588 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14597 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14602 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14606 \begin_layout Description
14607 LyX The name of the game, write
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14629 \begin_layout Description
14630 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 \begin_layout Description
14653 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14675 \begin_layout Description
14676 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_layout Standard
14699 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14713 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14714 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14717 : The actual version is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 , the previous one was
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14738 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14740 This will look in LyX like:
14741 \begin_inset Graphics
14742 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14747 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14751 \begin_inset space ~
14755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14757 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14764 \begin_layout Subsection
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14780 space between two words.
14781 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 for units use the menu
14793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14796 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14809 Here's an example to show the differences:
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 \begin_inset Tabular
14814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14816 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14817 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset space ~
14828 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 space between number and unit
14847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 half space between number and unit
14881 \begin_layout Subsection
14886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14905 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14906 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14907 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14908 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14909 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14910 These bits of text became known as
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14922 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14923 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14924 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14925 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14926 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14927 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14928 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14933 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14934 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14941 key "latexcompanion"
14946 \begin_inset space ~
14950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14956 ] may have more information.
14957 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14960 \begin_layout Chapter
14961 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14977 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14980 \begin_layout Section
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15002 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15005 \begin_layout Description
15007 \begin_inset space ~
15010 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15011 \begin_inset Newline newline
15015 \begin_inset Note Note
15018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15019 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15027 \begin_layout Description
15028 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15029 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15031 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15033 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Comment
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15057 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15058 \begin_inset Newline newline
15062 \begin_inset Newline newline
15066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15075 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15076 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15077 How this can be done is explained in the
15086 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15092 \begin_inset Newline newline
15096 \begin_inset Newline newline
15099 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15100 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15105 \begin_inset Graphics
15106 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15108 scaleBeforeRotation
15114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15118 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15121 \begin_layout Section
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15135 name "sec:Footnotes"
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 or the toolbar button
15150 \begin_inset Graphics
15151 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15164 \begin_inset Graphics
15165 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15175 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15204 label, the box will
15208 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15209 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15222 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15239 Here's an example footnote:
15247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15256 \begin_layout Standard
15257 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15258 position where the footnote box is placed.
15259 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15260 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15261 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15262 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15263 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15268 ey are described in the
15275 \begin_layout Section
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15289 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15297 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15298 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15302 \begin_inset space ~
15307 or the toolbar button
15308 \begin_inset Graphics
15309 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15336 appearing within your text.
15337 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15347 At the side is an example marginal note.
15351 \begin_inset Marginal
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 This is a marginal note.
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15364 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15365 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15366 pages, right on odd pages.
15369 \begin_layout Section
15370 Graphics and Images
15374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15393 name "sec:Graphics"
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15402 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15403 \begin_inset Graphics
15404 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15414 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15418 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15423 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15424 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15425 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15427 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15428 \begin_inset space ~
15432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15434 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15446 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15447 of the image in the output.
15448 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15452 \begin_inset space ~
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15469 \begin_inset space ~
15473 \begin_inset space ~
15478 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15479 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15487 \begin_layout Standard
15488 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15493 You can also set the
15497 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15498 This option is explained in section
15499 \begin_inset space ~
15503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15505 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15518 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15519 image size is printed.
15522 \begin_layout Standard
15523 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15524 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15526 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15527 centered paragraph:
15530 \begin_layout Standard
15532 \begin_inset Graphics
15533 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15535 rotateOrigin center
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15543 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15544 the image into a float, see section
15545 \begin_inset space ~
15549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15551 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15558 \begin_layout Subsection
15563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15572 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15580 You can insert images in any known file format.
15581 But as we explained in section
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15588 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15592 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15593 LyX uses therefore the program
15597 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15598 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15599 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15606 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15614 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15617 \begin_layout Description
15619 \begin_inset space ~
15622 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15623 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15624 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15628 Graphics Interchange Format
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15632 (GIF, file extension
15633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15680 Portable Network Graphics
15681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15684 (PNG, file extension
15685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15732 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15736 (JPG, file extension
15737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15795 \begin_layout Description
15797 \begin_inset space ~
15800 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15802 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15803 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15804 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15805 \begin_inset Newline newline
15808 Scalable image formats can be
15809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15812 Scalable Vector Graphics
15813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15816 (SVG, file extension
15817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15864 Encapsulated PostScript
15865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15868 (EPS, file extension
15869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15916 Portable Document Format
15917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15920 (PDF, file extension
15921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15943 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15944 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15945 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15960 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15964 \begin_layout Section
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15987 \begin_inset Graphics
15988 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15999 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16000 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16001 from the rest of the table.
16002 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16003 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16005 Here's an example table:
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16010 \begin_inset Tabular
16011 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 \begin_layout Subsection
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16221 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16222 brings up the table dialog.
16223 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16224 where the cursor is placed currently.
16225 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16226 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16227 done on all of your selection.
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16231 Additionally to the table dialog the
16234 \begin_inset space ~
16239 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16241 It is for example currently only possible to add
16242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16249 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16256 \begin_inset space ~
16261 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16262 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16263 current cell respectively.
16264 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16266 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16267 of text, see section
16268 \begin_inset space ~
16272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16274 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16288 This will merge the cells to
16292 cell, spread over more than one column.
16293 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16294 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16295 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16296 in the last row without the upper border:
16299 \begin_layout Standard
16301 \begin_inset Tabular
16302 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16303 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16305 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16327 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16439 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16440 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16441 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16442 explained in the tables section of the
16445 \begin_inset space ~
16451 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16452 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16455 degrees counterclockwise.
16456 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16460 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 Most DVI-viewers are
16472 able to display rotations.
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16485 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16490 adds lines for all cell borders.
16493 \begin_layout Subsection
16498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16499 Tables ! Longtables
16508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16517 \begin_layout Standard
16518 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16521 \begin_inset space ~
16525 \begin_inset space ~
16534 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16535 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16538 \begin_layout Description
16543 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16544 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16545 except for the first page, if
16548 \begin_inset space ~
16556 \begin_layout Description
16560 \begin_inset space ~
16565 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16566 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16569 \begin_layout Description
16574 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16575 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16576 except for the last page, if
16579 \begin_inset space ~
16587 \begin_layout Description
16591 \begin_inset space ~
16596 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16597 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16602 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16603 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16604 The others will then be defined as
16609 In this context, first means first in this order:
16612 \begin_inset space ~
16624 \begin_inset space ~
16630 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16635 \begin_inset Tabular
16636 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16637 <features islongtable="true">
16638 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16639 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16640 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16641 <row endfirsthead="true">
16642 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16653 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16672 <row endfirsthead="true">
16673 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 <row endhead="true">
16706 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 <row endhead="true">
16737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16748 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16757 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <row endfoot="true">
16770 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16821 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <row endlastfoot="true">
18752 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 \begin_layout Subsection
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18803 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18810 \begin_layout Standard
18811 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18812 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18813 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18814 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18818 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18819 for the cell's paragraph.
18822 \begin_layout Standard
18823 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18824 for the column in the table dialog.
18825 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18826 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18830 \begin_layout Standard
18832 \begin_inset Tabular
18833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18836 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 This is longer now.
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19039 This is longer now.
19044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19070 \begin_layout Standard
19071 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19072 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19073 Selection with the mouse or with
19077 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19078 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19079 the selection from outside the table.
19082 \begin_layout Section
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19103 \begin_layout Standard
19104 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19105 have a fixed location.
19107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19114 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19122 \begin_inset space ~
19127 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19128 too much notes at the page.
19131 \begin_layout Standard
19132 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19133 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19134 and pages without text.
19135 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19136 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19137 Floats are therefore numbered.
19138 Referencing is described in section
19139 \begin_inset space ~
19143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19145 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19152 \begin_layout Standard
19153 To insert a float, use the menu
19155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19159 A box with a caption that has e.
19160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19164 \begin_inset space ~
19168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19172 \begin_inset space ~
19176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19179 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19180 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19182 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19193 paragraph within the float.
19194 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19195 by left-clicking on the box label.
19196 A closed float box looks like this:
19197 \begin_inset Graphics
19198 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19203 -- a gray button with a red label.
19206 \begin_layout Standard
19207 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19208 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19211 \begin_layout Subsection
19215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 Floats ! Figure floats
19227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19229 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19240 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19243 inserts a float with the label
19244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19250 \begin_inset space ~
19256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19260 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19261 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19262 This is what we did for Figure
19263 \begin_inset space ~
19267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19269 reference "cap:Platypus"
19274 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19275 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19276 This was done in Figure
19277 \begin_inset space ~
19281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19283 reference "cap:Escher"
19290 \begin_layout Standard
19291 \begin_inset Float figure
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 \begin_inset Graphics
19299 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19301 rotateOrigin center
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 \begin_inset Caption
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19314 name "cap:Platypus"
19318 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19331 \begin_layout Standard
19332 \begin_inset Float figure
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset Caption
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 \begin_inset Graphics
19359 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19361 rotateOrigin center
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19374 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19376 As described in section
19377 \begin_inset space ~
19381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19383 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19387 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19392 and refer to it using the menu
19394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19398 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19407 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19419 \begin_layout Standard
19420 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19421 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19422 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19423 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19425 \begin_inset space ~
19429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19431 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19435 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19436 You can also set the images one below the other.
19438 \begin_inset space ~
19442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19444 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19451 reference "fig:Platypus"
19455 are the subfigures.
19458 \begin_layout Standard
19459 \begin_inset Float figure
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19469 \begin_inset Float figure
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 \begin_inset Caption
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19480 name "fig:Undefinable"
19492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 \begin_inset Graphics
19494 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19505 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19509 \begin_inset Float figure
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 \begin_inset Caption
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19520 name "fig:Platypus"
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Graphics
19534 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Caption
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19558 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19562 Two distorted images.
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 Note that the caption is added to the
19579 \begin_inset space ~
19583 \begin_inset space ~
19588 as described in section
19589 \begin_inset space ~
19593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19595 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 Floats ! Table floats
19614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19616 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19623 \begin_layout Standard
19624 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19627 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19631 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19634 \begin_inset space ~
19638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19640 reference "cap:Table-float"
19644 is an example of a table float.
19647 \begin_layout Standard
19648 \begin_inset Float table
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 \begin_inset Caption
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19659 name "cap:Table-float"
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 \begin_inset Tabular
19674 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19828 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 This float type is inserted with the menu
19887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19888 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19892 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19893 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19897 , described in section
19898 \begin_inset space ~
19902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19904 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19911 \begin_layout Standard
19912 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19926 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19929 \begin_layout Standard
19934 floatname{algorithm}{your
19935 \begin_inset space ~
19941 \begin_layout Standard
19942 to the document preamble (menu
19944 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19951 \begin_inset space ~
19957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19985 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19992 \begin_layout Standard
19993 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 \begin_inset Graphics
20002 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20004 rotateOrigin center
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 \begin_inset Caption
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20017 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20021 This is a wrapped figure.
20022 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20035 This float type is used if you want to
20036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20043 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20045 It can be inserted using the menu
20047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20048 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20050 \begin_inset space ~
20055 if the LaTeX-package
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20077 \begin_inset space ~
20087 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20096 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20100 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20109 Available units are explained in Appendix
20110 \begin_inset space ~
20114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20116 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20125 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20139 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20140 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20141 over some other text.
20149 \begin_layout Itemize
20150 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20151 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20152 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20153 breaks will appear.
20156 \begin_layout Itemize
20157 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20158 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20161 \begin_layout Itemize
20162 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20163 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20166 \begin_layout Itemize
20167 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20170 \begin_layout Subsection
20172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20174 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20191 \begin_layout Standard
20192 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20193 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20197 \begin_inset space ~
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20206 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20207 have a multi-column document).
20208 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20211 \begin_inset space ~
20217 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20218 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20227 format is also the same: Table
20228 \begin_inset space ~
20232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20234 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20238 is an example of a rotated table float.
20241 \begin_layout Standard
20242 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 \begin_inset Float table
20264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 \begin_inset Caption
20267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20270 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 \begin_inset Tabular
20285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 \begin_layout Subsection
20353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20355 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 \begin_layout Standard
20373 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20374 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20375 \begin_inset Newline newline
20381 \begin_inset space ~
20386 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20387 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20389 \begin_inset Newline newline
20395 \begin_inset space ~
20400 is used to rotate floats, see section
20401 \begin_inset space ~
20405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20407 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20416 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20419 \begin_inset space ~
20423 \begin_inset space ~
20431 \begin_layout Description
20433 \begin_inset space ~
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20440 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20443 \begin_layout Description
20445 \begin_inset space ~
20449 \begin_inset space ~
20452 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20455 \begin_layout Description
20457 \begin_inset space ~
20461 \begin_inset space ~
20464 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20467 \begin_layout Description
20469 \begin_inset space ~
20473 \begin_inset space ~
20476 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20479 \begin_layout Standard
20480 The order of the above option is
20485 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20489 \begin_inset space ~
20493 \begin_inset space ~
20501 \begin_inset space ~
20505 \begin_inset space ~
20510 , and then the others.
20511 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20513 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20514 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20517 \begin_layout Standard
20518 By default, each options has its own rules:
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20525 \begin_inset space ~
20529 \begin_inset space ~
20534 only floats occupying less than 70
20535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20538 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20541 \begin_layout Standard
20545 \begin_inset space ~
20549 \begin_inset space ~
20554 : only floats occupying less than 30
20555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20558 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20565 \begin_inset space ~
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20574 : only if more than 50
20575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20578 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20583 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20599 \begin_layout Standard
20600 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20601 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20602 For this case you can use the option
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20611 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20613 Because the float is then no longer able to
20614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20621 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20626 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20634 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20641 \begin_layout Section
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20655 name "sec:Minipages"
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20665 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20666 \begin_inset space ~
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20674 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20680 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20681 and its alignment within the page.
20684 \begin_layout Standard
20686 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20695 height_special "totalheight"
20698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 This is a minipage.
20702 The text is set in an italic style.
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20709 another formatting.
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20721 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20725 as described in section
20726 \begin_inset space ~
20730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20732 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20737 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20753 height_special "totalheight"
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20758 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20768 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20777 height_special "totalheight"
20780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20781 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20782 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20799 to other box types.
20800 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20811 \begin_layout Chapter
20812 Mathematical Formulas
20816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20857 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20870 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20873 \begin_layout Section
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20889 \begin_inset Graphics
20890 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20895 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20897 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20898 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20899 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20912 \begin_inset space ~
20917 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20922 line, like this one:
20925 \begin_layout Standard
20926 This is a line with an inline formula
20927 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20936 \begin_inset Formula \[
20941 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20945 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20961 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20962 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20966 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20969 \begin_inset space ~
20977 \begin_layout Subsection
20978 Navigating in Formulas
20982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_layout Standard
20992 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20993 achieved with the arrow keys.
20994 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20995 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21000 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21001 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21005 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21009 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21011 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21019 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21024 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21025 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21028 \begin_layout Standard
21033 , printed in this document as
21034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21055 \begin_inset Note Note
21058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21060 space character (visible space).
21065 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21066 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21067 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21072 For example, if you want
21073 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 , since in the latter case only the
21130 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21135 will be under the square root sign:
21136 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21143 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21145 \begin_inset Formula \[
21146 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21149 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21153 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21154 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21157 \begin_layout Subsection
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21162 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21163 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21167 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21168 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21169 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21170 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21171 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21174 \begin_layout Subsection
21175 Exponents and Subscripts
21179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 \begin_layout Standard
21199 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21200 way is to use a command.
21202 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21205 , type in a formula
21211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21233 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21237 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21267 , you have to use an extra
21271 to separate the hat and the character.
21274 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 Subscripts are similar: To get
21296 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_layout Subsection
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21334 Create a fraction with either the command
21341 \begin_inset Graphics
21342 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21356 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21357 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21358 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21363 To move back up, press
21368 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21369 \begin_inset Formula \[
21370 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21372 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21379 \begin_layout Subsection
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394 Roots can be created using the
21397 \begin_inset space ~
21403 \begin_inset Graphics
21404 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21427 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21433 produces always a square root.
21436 \begin_layout Subsection
21437 Operators with Limits
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21460 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21469 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21473 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21476 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21477 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21478 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21479 The sum operator will automatically place its
21480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21487 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21490 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21494 \begin_inset Formula \[
21495 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21499 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21503 \begin_layout Standard
21504 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21506 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21507 behind the operator and hitting
21513 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21514 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21516 \begin_inset space ~
21520 \begin_inset space ~
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21529 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21537 feature as addition, such as
21541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 \begin_inset Formula \[
21549 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21553 which will place the
21554 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21566 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21567 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21573 \begin_layout Standard
21574 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21581 Have a look at section
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21588 reference "sub:Functions"
21592 for an explanation of function macros.
21595 \begin_layout Subsection
21600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610 Most math symbols can be found in the
21613 \begin_inset space ~
21618 under one of several categories; including
21635 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21639 \begin_layout Standard
21640 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21641 you don't have to use the
21644 \begin_inset space ~
21649 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21650 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21653 \begin_layout Subsection
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21667 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21674 \begin_layout Standard
21675 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21684 \begin_inset space ~
21690 \begin_inset Graphics
21691 filename ../images/math/space.png
21696 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21697 Here a example for the sequence
21702 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21706 \begin_inset Graphics
21707 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21712 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21713 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21714 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21715 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21720 \begin_layout Standard
21730 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21746 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21752 \begin_layout Subsection
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21766 name "sub:Functions"
21773 \begin_layout Standard
21777 \begin_inset space ~
21782 contains under the button
21783 \begin_inset Graphics
21784 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21788 a number of functions, such as
21789 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21793 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21801 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21808 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21809 avoid confusions, because
21810 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21814 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21823 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21827 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21835 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21836 \begin_inset space ~
21840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21842 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21849 \begin_layout Subsection
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21864 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21866 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21867 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21869 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21872 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21873 Our example is entered by typing
21881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21894 \begin_inset space ~
21898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21900 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21904 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21907 \begin_layout Standard
21908 \begin_inset Float table
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Caption
21916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21919 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21923 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21933 \begin_inset Tabular
21934 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22076 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22130 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22400 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22524 \begin_inset space ~
22530 \begin_inset Graphics
22531 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22535 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22539 \begin_layout Section
22540 Brackets and Delimiters
22544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22563 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22572 For most purposes, using just the keys
22577 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22578 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22581 \begin_inset space ~
22587 \begin_inset Graphics
22588 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22593 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22595 \begin_inset Formula \[
22596 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22598 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22602 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22603 \begin_inset Formula \[
22604 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22612 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22613 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22616 \begin_layout Standard
22617 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22618 left side and right side.
22619 If you use the option
22622 \begin_inset space ~
22627 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22628 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22629 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22630 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22635 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22636 inside the brackets.
22637 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22642 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22645 \begin_layout Standard
22646 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22657 \begin_layout Section
22662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22671 name "sec:Grouping"
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22679 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22680 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 \begin_inset Formula \[
22693 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22716 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22717 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22718 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22721 \begin_layout Section
22722 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22747 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22759 \begin_inset space ~
22765 \begin_inset Graphics
22766 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22771 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22772 Here is an example:
22773 \begin_inset Formula \[
22774 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22777 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22781 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22782 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22788 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22793 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22794 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22795 This alignment is set in the box
22800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 for every column as default.
22849 For example, the sequence
22850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22861 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22862 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22863 corresponds to the relevant column.
22864 The result will look like this:
22865 \begin_inset Formula \[
22867 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22868 column & has & has\, right\\
22869 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22881 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22882 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22884 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22890 \begin_layout Standard
22891 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22892 It can be created with the menu
22894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22895 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22897 \begin_inset space ~
22910 \begin_inset Formula \[
22914 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22922 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22925 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22933 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22942 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22950 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22951 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22952 A new row is created by every further hit of
22960 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22961 Here is an example:
22962 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22963 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22964 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22968 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22969 where you want to start the shift and hit
22974 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22975 position to the next column.
22976 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22977 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22978 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22979 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22987 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22994 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22995 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22998 reference "eq:asquared"
23003 The other types are described in section
23004 \begin_inset space ~
23008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23010 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23017 \begin_layout Section
23018 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23023 Math ! Formula numbering
23032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23033 Math ! Referencing formulas
23039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23041 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23048 \begin_layout Standard
23049 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23052 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23054 \begin_inset space ~
23062 \begin_inset space ~
23068 The formula number appears in LyX as
23069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23076 within parentheses.
23078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23085 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23087 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23088 the document class.
23089 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23090 separated by a dot:
23091 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23092 1+1=2\end{equation}
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23104 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23105 You can only number displayed formulas.
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23112 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23114 \begin_inset space ~
23118 \begin_inset space ~
23122 \begin_inset space ~
23130 \begin_inset space ~
23135 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23136 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23138 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23139 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23143 To number all lines use the shortcut
23146 \begin_inset space ~
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23155 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23158 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23159 A label is inserted with the menu
23161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23164 when the cursor is in the formula.
23165 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23166 It is recommended to use the proposed
23167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23178 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23179 type when you have many labels in your document.
23180 We inserted in the following example the label
23181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23188 in the second line:
23189 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23190 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23191 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23195 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23196 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23206 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23210 \begin_inset space ~
23216 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23217 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23218 as the formula number:
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23222 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23225 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23232 \begin_layout Standard
23233 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23234 \begin_inset space ~
23238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23240 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23245 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23251 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23256 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23264 \begin_layout Section
23265 User defined math macros
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23278 name "sec:math-macros"
23285 \begin_layout Standard
23286 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23287 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23288 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23290 \begin_inset Newline newline
23293 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23294 \begin_inset Formula \[
23295 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23299 The general form of its solution is:
23300 \begin_inset Formula \[
23301 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23309 The macro should print the parameters
23310 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23314 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23318 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23321 like in the equation above.
23324 \begin_layout Standard
23325 A macro is created by executing the command
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 \begin_inset space ~
23362 \begin_inset space ~
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23369 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23370 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23371 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23372 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23376 \begin_layout Standard
23377 We have three arguments and name the macro
23378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23385 , so that the command is:
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 \begin_layout Standard
23421 This results in the following macro definition box:
23422 \begin_inset Graphics
23423 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23428 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23429 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23430 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23434 \begin_inset Note Note
23437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23439 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23448 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23449 the math panel or commands.
23450 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23451 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23462 for the first argument.
23463 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23464 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23465 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23466 in LyX with its full size.
23467 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23468 In our example we insert the sequence
23469 \begin_inset Newline newline
23497 \begin_inset Newline newline
23502 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23521 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23526 \begin_inset Graphics
23527 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23535 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23536 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23537 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23538 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23539 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23543 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23544 to the new definition.
23545 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23546 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23550 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23554 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23558 \begin_inset Formula \[
23566 \begin_layout Standard
23567 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23571 \begin_layout Standard
23585 \begin_inset Newline newline
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23622 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23623 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23624 definition box in your document.
23625 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23627 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23629 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23634 \begin_layout Section
23638 \begin_layout Subsection
23643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23653 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23654 To set a font in a formula, use the
23657 \begin_inset space ~
23663 \begin_inset Graphics
23664 filename ../images/math/font.png
23668 , or enter its command, listed in table
23669 \begin_inset space ~
23673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23675 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23683 \begin_inset Float table
23688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23689 \begin_inset Caption
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23694 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23698 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 \begin_inset Tabular
23709 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23744 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23919 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24005 \begin_layout Standard
24006 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24007 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24012 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24013 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24014 Here an example where a
24015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24026 denotes the set of numbers:
24027 \begin_inset Formula \[
24028 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24036 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24047 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24051 \begin_inset Newline newline
24054 So better don't use this feature.
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24059 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24063 \begin_inset Newline newline
24066 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24072 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24073 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24086 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24093 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24095 \begin_inset space ~
24103 \begin_layout Subsection
24108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24117 \begin_layout Standard
24118 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24120 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24124 \begin_inset space ~
24128 \begin_inset space ~
24136 \begin_inset space ~
24142 \begin_inset Graphics
24143 filename ../images/math/font.png
24147 (alternatively the shortcut
24150 \begin_inset space ~
24156 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24157 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24158 Here is an example:
24159 \begin_inset Formula \[
24161 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24162 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24169 \begin_layout Subsection
24174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24183 \begin_layout Standard
24184 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24185 automatically chosen in most situations.
24203 For most characters,
24211 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24212 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24217 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24218 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24219 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24220 \begin_inset Graphics
24221 filename ../images/math/style.png
24226 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24227 For example, you can set
24228 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24231 , which is normally in
24240 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24244 The four styles are used in the following example:
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24252 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24256 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24260 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24267 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24268 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24272 \begin_inset space ~
24277 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24278 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24279 will be adjusted to correspond.
24280 As example a formula in the font size
24281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24291 \begin_layout Standard
24295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24301 \begin_layout Section
24305 \begin_layout Standard
24306 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24307 the document classes and into layout modules.
24311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24317 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24318 other than the AMS classes.
24320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24322 reference "sub:Modules"
24326 for more on layout modules.
24329 \begin_layout Section
24334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24355 (AMS) that are in common use.
24358 \begin_layout Subsection
24359 Enabling AMS-Support
24362 \begin_layout Standard
24363 Selecting the checkbox
24366 \begin_inset space ~
24370 \begin_inset space ~
24374 \begin_inset space ~
24381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24389 Document ! Settings
24397 \begin_inset space ~
24402 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24404 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24405 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24408 \begin_layout Subsection
24410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24412 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24421 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24429 \begin_layout Standard
24430 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24431 LyX allows you to choose between
24452 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24455 \begin_layout Chapter
24459 \begin_layout Section
24464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24473 name "sec:Cross-References"
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24481 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24482 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24484 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24485 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24486 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24489 \begin_layout Enumerate
24493 \begin_layout Enumerate
24494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24496 name "enu:Second-item"
24503 \begin_layout Enumerate
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24513 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24514 \begin_inset Graphics
24515 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24521 A grey label box like this:
24522 \begin_inset Graphics
24523 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24528 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24529 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24564 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24565 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24580 \begin_layout Standard
24581 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24586 or the toolbar button
24587 \begin_inset Graphics
24588 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24594 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24595 \begin_inset Graphics
24596 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24601 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24603 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24616 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24618 Here is our cross-reference:
24621 \begin_layout Standard
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24629 reference "enu:Second-item"
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 It is recommended to use a protected space
24641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24642 described in section
24643 \begin_inset space ~
24647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24649 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24658 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24666 \begin_layout Description
24667 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24670 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24677 \begin_layout Description
24678 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24679 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24691 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24698 \begin_layout Description
24699 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24700 \begin_inset space ~
24704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24705 LatexCommand pageref
24706 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24713 \begin_layout Description
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24719 \begin_inset space ~
24722 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24724 LatexCommand vpageref
24725 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24732 \begin_layout Description
24734 \begin_inset space ~
24738 \begin_inset space ~
24742 \begin_inset space ~
24745 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24749 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24756 \begin_layout Description
24758 \begin_inset space ~
24761 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24762 \begin_inset Newline newline
24766 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24774 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24783 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24798 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24804 \begin_inset space ~
24808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24824 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24825 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24829 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24833 \begin_layout Standard
24834 You can only use the style
24838 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24842 is always possible.
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24846 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24847 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24848 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24849 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24850 \begin_inset space ~
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24856 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24876 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24877 The button text changes then to
24880 \begin_inset space ~
24885 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24886 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24887 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24892 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24893 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24894 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24898 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24899 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24902 \begin_layout Standard
24903 References are described in detail in the
24910 \begin_layout Section
24911 Table of Contents and other Listings
24915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24941 \begin_layout Subsection
24943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24945 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24958 \begin_inset space ~
24962 \begin_inset space ~
24968 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24969 If you click on it, the
24973 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24974 sections in your documents.
24975 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24980 that is described in sec.
24981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24987 reference "sec:Navigating"
24994 \begin_layout Standard
24995 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24996 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24998 \begin_inset space ~
25002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25004 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25008 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25010 \begin_inset space ~
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25016 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25020 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25022 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25025 \begin_layout Subsection
25026 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25029 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25037 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25038 You can insert them via the
25040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25042 \begin_inset space ~
25046 \begin_inset space ~
25052 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25055 \begin_layout Section
25056 URLs and Hyperlinks
25060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25086 \begin_layout Subsection
25090 \begin_layout Standard
25091 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25101 \begin_inset Flex URL
25104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25115 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25121 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25125 \begin_layout Standard
25126 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25134 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25142 \begin_layout Subsection
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25147 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25152 or with the toolbar button
25153 \begin_inset Graphics
25154 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25155 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25160 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25169 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25170 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25173 name "LyX's homepage"
25174 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25178 , an Email address like this:
25179 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25181 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25182 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25187 , or a link to a file.
25190 \begin_layout Standard
25191 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 to the link target.
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25209 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25210 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25211 the text style dialog.
25212 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25216 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25218 name "LyX's homepage"
25219 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25231 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25233 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25234 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25238 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25240 \begin_inset Newline newline
25248 \begin_inset Newline newline
25255 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25258 \begin_layout Section
25263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25272 name "sec:Appendices"
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 Appendices are created with the menu
25282 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25284 \begin_inset space ~
25288 \begin_inset space ~
25294 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25295 as appendix region.
25296 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25299 \begin_layout Standard
25300 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25301 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25302 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25303 and the subsection number.
25304 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25310 \begin_inset space ~
25314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25316 reference "cha:Credits"
25321 \begin_inset space ~
25325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25327 reference "sub:Export"
25334 \begin_layout Section
25339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25348 name "sec:Bibliography"
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25357 You can include a bibliography database
25361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25362 Known under the name
25363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25375 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25377 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25381 , described in section
25382 \begin_inset space ~
25386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25388 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25400 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25402 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25411 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25413 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25422 , a short form of its title, as key.
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25426 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25431 or the toolbar button
25432 \begin_inset Graphics
25433 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25439 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25440 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25441 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25442 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25446 \begin_layout Standard
25447 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25448 with surrounding brackets.
25453 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25454 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25466 \begin_layout Standard
25469 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25472 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25474 key "latexcompanion"
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25483 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25492 \begin_layout Subsection
25493 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25498 Bibliography ! Databases
25507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25508 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25516 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25526 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25528 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25529 your working field in a database.
25530 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25531 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25535 The database is a text file with the file extension
25536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25547 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25548 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25551 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25556 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25558 \begin_inset Newline newline
25562 \begin_inset Flex URL
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25567 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25573 \begin_inset Newline newline
25576 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25580 To use a database, use the menu
25582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25587 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25600 \begin_inset space ~
25606 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25607 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25623 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25624 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25625 take care of the layout.
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25633 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25642 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25676 \begin_inset space ~
25682 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25699 the two methods of creating them.
25700 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25701 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25702 We used the style file
25706 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25709 \begin_layout Subsection
25710 Bibliography layout
25714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25715 Bibliography ! Layout
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25725 For this feature you need to use the option
25731 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25739 Document ! Settings
25749 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25750 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25751 in the previous section.
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25756 in the citation reference window.
25757 Here an example where we set the text
25758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25762 \begin_inset space ~
25766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25769 to appear after the reference:
25772 \begin_layout Standard
25774 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25777 key "latexcompanion"
25784 \begin_layout Section
25789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25815 or the toolbar button
25816 \begin_inset Graphics
25817 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25835 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25836 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25837 by LyX as index entry.
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25841 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25842 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25846 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25858 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25862 \begin_inset space ~
25866 \begin_inset space ~
25869 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25877 A light blue box labeled
25878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25890 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25893 \begin_layout Subsection
25894 Grouping Index Entries
25898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25910 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25911 lists under the entry
25912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25920 First we create the entry
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 \begin_inset space ~
25933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25935 reference "sub:Lists"
25940 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25941 \begin_inset space ~
25945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25947 reference "sec:Itemize"
25951 , we insert the command
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 for the enumerated list in section
25972 \begin_inset space ~
25976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25978 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25986 The exclamation mark
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25994 marks the grouping levels.
25995 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25996 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25997 If we don't have an index entry for
25998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26005 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26008 \begin_layout Subsection
26013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26014 Index ! Page ranges
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26025 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26026 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26034 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26044 Paragraph environments|(
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 and another entry at the end of section
26049 \begin_inset space ~
26053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26055 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26065 Paragraph environments|)
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26093 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26094 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26095 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26096 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26097 An example is the index entry
26098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26101 Document ! Settings
26102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26108 \begin_layout Subsection
26113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26114 Index ! Cross referencing
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26123 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26124 We referred for example in the index entry
26125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26133 \begin_inset space ~
26137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26139 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26143 ) to the index entry
26144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26151 in the same section using the entry
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26157 GIF|see{Image formats}
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26162 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26163 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26166 \begin_layout Subsection
26171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 Index ! Entry order
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26181 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26182 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26183 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26188 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26190 \begin_inset space ~
26194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26196 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26205 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26206 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Dummy entries ! maïs
26244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26245 Dummy entries ! maître
26254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26255 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26260 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26261 order maïs, maison, maître.
26262 To achieve this, we use the command
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26268 previous entry@current entry
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26272 In our case we want to have
26273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26288 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26299 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26303 \begin_layout Subsection
26308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26309 Index ! Entry layout
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 This is an italic dummy entry
26330 You can also format the page number using the character
26331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26338 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26339 We can write for example
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26345 italic page number:|textit
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26349 to get the page number in italic.
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26354 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26359 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26377 \begin_inset space ~
26383 Have a look at section
26384 \begin_inset space ~
26388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26390 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26394 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26406 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26410 to generate the index, see section
26411 \begin_inset space ~
26415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26417 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26426 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26427 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26429 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26432 key "latexcompanion"
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26445 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26447 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26448 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26449 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26450 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26451 If so, put the following in preamble
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 into the index entry.
26481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26482 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26487 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26488 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26489 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26493 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26499 \begin_inset space ~
26502 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26503 for all index entries.
26504 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26516 documentation for details,
26517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26519 key "makeindex,xindy"
26526 \begin_layout Subsection
26531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26540 name "sub:Index-Program"
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26548 When the index entry program
26552 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26553 generation, otherwise the program
26557 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26558 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26559 dialog, see section
26560 \begin_inset space ~
26564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26566 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26571 The available options are listed and explained in
26572 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26574 key "makeindex,xindy"
26579 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26587 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26588 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26590 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26592 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26593 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26601 \begin_layout Section
26602 Nomenclature / Glossary
26606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26647 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26655 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26656 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26661 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26670 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26676 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26683 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26688 and then use the menu
26690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26696 \begin_inset space ~
26701 or the toolbar button
26702 \begin_inset Graphics
26703 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26721 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26726 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26727 The second is the description of the symbol.
26730 \begin_layout Standard
26731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26739 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26747 \begin_layout Subsection
26748 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26753 Nomenclature ! Layout
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26766 field as LaTeX-formula.
26768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26772 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26780 \begin_inset Newline newline
26788 \begin_inset Newline newline
26794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26801 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26802 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26814 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26825 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26826 \begin_inset space ~
26830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26832 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26843 \begin_inset space ~
26848 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26849 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26854 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26861 in this document is:
26862 \begin_inset Newline newline
26867 dummy entry for the character
26872 \begin_inset Newline newline
26884 \begin_inset space ~
26894 font use the command
26923 \begin_layout Subsection
26924 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26929 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26939 the symbol definition.
26940 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26941 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26944 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26945 LatexCommand nomenclature
26947 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26954 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26958 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26959 LatexCommand nomenclature
26962 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26967 They will be sorted by
26968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26994 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26997 will be sorted before the
27001 since the character
27002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27009 is considered in sorting.
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27016 \begin_inset space ~
27021 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27022 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27024 For the given example, you can insert
27028 to this field for the
27029 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27036 will be located before
27037 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27049 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27058 \begin_layout Subsection
27059 Nomenclature Options
27063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27064 Nomenclature ! Options
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27077 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27078 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27081 \begin_layout Description
27082 refeq Appends the phrase
27083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 to every nomenclature entry, where
27104 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27107 \begin_layout Description
27108 refpage Appends the phrase
27109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27124 to every nomenclature entry, where
27130 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27133 \begin_layout Description
27134 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27138 There are furthermore the options
27182 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27188 class options list in the
27190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27194 In this document the options
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27212 \begin_layout Standard
27213 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27214 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27219 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27222 \begin_layout Description
27232 \begin_layout Description
27235 nomrefpage Like the
27242 \begin_layout Description
27245 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27254 \begin_layout Description
27258 \begin_inset space ~
27264 \begin_inset space ~
27269 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27272 \begin_layout Subsection
27273 Printing the Nomenclature
27277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27278 Nomenclature ! Printing
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27287 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27291 \begin_inset space ~
27295 \begin_inset space ~
27298 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27302 A light blue box labeled
27303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27314 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27315 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27328 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27336 For example, in order to change the name to
27340 , add the following line to the preamble:
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27351 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27363 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27374 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27380 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27381 \begin_inset space ~
27385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27387 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27392 The default value is 1
27393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27399 \begin_layout Section
27404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27415 Document ! Branches
27421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27423 name "sec:Branches"
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27431 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27432 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27433 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27434 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27439 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27440 To create a branch, go in the
27442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27450 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27451 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27456 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27461 where you can choose a branch.
27462 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27467 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27471 \begin_inset Branch Question
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27488 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27504 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27505 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27507 For example you can define for the question branch
27511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27512 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27513 \begin_inset space ~
27517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27519 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27552 and for the answer branch
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 \begin_inset Branch Question
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27612 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 Now it is possible to use the commands
27652 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27659 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27662 to obtain conditional output.
27663 Here is an example formula where only the
27670 \begin_inset Formula \[
27671 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27679 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27680 \begin_inset space ~
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27686 reference "sec:math-macros"
27693 \begin_layout Section
27694 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27697 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27704 \begin_layout Subsection
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27718 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27726 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27727 constructs, but not all.
27728 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27729 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27730 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27731 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27732 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27739 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27743 \begin_inset space ~
27748 or by the toolbar button
27749 \begin_inset Graphics
27750 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27755 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27760 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27761 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27762 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27769 , you can write the command part
27775 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27779 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27780 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27781 the following example:
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 \begin_inset Graphics
27786 filename clipart/ERT.png
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27799 This is a line with a
27803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27835 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27836 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27844 \begin_layout Subsection
27845 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27846 \begin_inset OptArg
27849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27868 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27876 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27877 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27878 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27887 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27888 every time if you know the right commands.
27890 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27891 the end of the day.
27892 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27893 all caption labels bold.
27894 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27896 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27900 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27901 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27902 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27904 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27914 As result you know that the package
27922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27923 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27929 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27942 usepackage[options]{package name}
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27946 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27947 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27948 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 In your case the package name is
27957 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27962 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27963 So you add the command
27966 \begin_layout Standard
27971 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27974 \begin_layout Standard
27975 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27980 For more commands provided by the
27984 package, have a look at its documentation,
27985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28000 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28002 For example if you use a
28006 class, you don't need the package
28010 , you can instead write
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28018 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28024 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28025 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28026 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28033 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28037 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28038 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28040 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28041 the previous section.
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28049 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28057 \begin_layout Section
28058 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28071 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28089 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28090 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28091 to break your train of thought with
28093 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28101 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28110 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28115 as explained below, and turn on
28118 \begin_inset space ~
28125 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28131 \begin_inset space ~
28135 \begin_inset space ~
28138 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28145 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28147 Previews of an already loaded document are
28151 generated just by selecting the
28154 \begin_inset space ~
28159 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28164 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28167 \begin_inset space ~
28172 check box in the insert dialog.
28173 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28182 (on some systems named simply
28187 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28189 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28195 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28196 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28204 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28216 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28222 \begin_inset space ~
28227 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28228 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28230 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28231 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28232 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28233 the source view window.
28236 \begin_layout Section
28238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28240 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28257 \begin_layout Standard
28258 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28259 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28276 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28282 can be seen as successor of
28286 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28291 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28292 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28300 \begin_layout Standard
28301 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28302 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28309 \begin_layout Standard
28312 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28315 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28316 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28317 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28318 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28319 scrolled so that it is visible.
28324 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28326 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28330 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28331 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28335 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28338 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28342 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28343 will bring an error message.
28344 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28345 specifying a different
28347 Alternative language
28349 in preferences dialog.
28352 \begin_layout Standard
28353 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28356 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28362 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28364 But you can use the
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28371 \begin_inset space ~
28379 \begin_layout Standard
28380 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28381 This does work with
28385 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28388 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28397 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28400 \begin_layout Description
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28405 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28406 should consider, e.g.
28407 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28408 This should not normally be needed.
28411 \begin_layout Description
28413 \begin_inset space ~
28416 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28417 as your personal dictionary
28420 \begin_layout Description
28422 \begin_inset space ~
28426 \begin_inset space ~
28429 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28441 \begin_layout Description
28443 \begin_inset space ~
28447 \begin_inset space ~
28450 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28459 also for the spellchecker.
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28464 The encodings are explained in section
28465 \begin_inset space ~
28469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28471 reference "sub:Settings"
28480 Only enable this if you use
28484 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28485 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28486 so this is disabled by default.
28489 \begin_layout Section
28494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28503 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28518 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28521 or the toolbar button
28522 \begin_inset Graphics
28523 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28525 rotateOrigin center
28530 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28535 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28536 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28537 cases to find related words.
28540 \begin_layout Standard
28541 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28543 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28551 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28560 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28579 \begin_layout Section
28584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28595 Document ! Change Tracking
28601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28603 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28610 \begin_layout Standard
28611 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28612 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28613 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28614 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28618 \begin_inset space ~
28621 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28623 \begin_inset space ~
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28632 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28641 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28644 \begin_inset space ~
28648 \begin_inset space ~
28661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28670 \begin_layout Standard
28671 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28684 \begin_layout Standard
28685 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 \begin_inset Graphics
28693 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28708 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 \begin_inset Tabular
28721 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28722 <features islongtable="true">
28723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28724 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28730 \begin_inset Graphics
28731 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28733 rotateOrigin center
28742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28750 \begin_inset space ~
28753 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28755 \begin_inset space ~
28764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28769 \begin_inset Graphics
28770 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28772 rotateOrigin center
28781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 \begin_inset space ~
28792 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28794 \begin_inset space ~
28798 \begin_inset space ~
28802 \begin_inset space ~
28811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 \begin_inset Graphics
28817 filename ../images/change-next.png
28818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28819 rotateOrigin center
28828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 Jumps to the next change
28838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28843 \begin_inset Graphics
28844 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28846 rotateOrigin center
28855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28863 \begin_inset space ~
28866 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28868 \begin_inset space ~
28877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28882 \begin_inset Graphics
28883 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28885 rotateOrigin center
28894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28905 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28907 \begin_inset space ~
28916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28921 \begin_inset Graphics
28922 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28924 rotateOrigin center
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 \begin_inset space ~
28944 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28946 \begin_inset space ~
28955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28960 \begin_inset Graphics
28961 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28963 rotateOrigin center
28972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28980 \begin_inset space ~
28983 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28985 \begin_inset space ~
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29003 \begin_inset Graphics
29004 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29005 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29006 rotateOrigin center
29015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29023 \begin_inset space ~
29026 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29028 \begin_inset space ~
29032 \begin_inset space ~
29041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29046 \begin_inset Graphics
29047 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29049 rotateOrigin center
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29065 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29067 \begin_inset space ~
29076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29081 \begin_inset Graphics
29082 filename ../images/note-next.png
29083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29084 rotateOrigin center
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29099 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29101 \begin_inset space ~
29117 \begin_layout Standard
29118 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29126 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29127 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29128 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29129 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29130 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29131 step to the next change.
29132 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29137 to describe a change.
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29141 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29156 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29163 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29166 \begin_layout Section
29167 International Support
29171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29172 International support
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29181 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29182 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29183 how to set up LyX to use them:
29184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29186 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29195 \begin_inset space ~
29199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29201 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29208 \begin_layout Subsection
29213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29224 Document ! Settings
29233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29234 Document ! Language
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29248 dialog lets you set
29250 the language and character encoding for your language.
29254 \begin_layout Standard
29255 Choose your language in the
29259 section of this dialog.
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29272 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29276 use language's default encoding
29278 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29279 For details about the different encoding options see section
29280 \begin_inset space ~
29284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29286 reference "sub:Settings"
29293 \begin_layout Subsection
29294 Keyboard mapping configuration
29295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29297 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29306 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29307 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29308 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29309 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29317 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29322 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29323 which one you want to use.
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29327 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29328 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29329 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29330 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29331 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29332 one to support the characters you want.
29333 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29340 \begin_layout Subsection
29342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29353 \begin_inset space ~
29357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29359 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29368 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29373 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29374 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29382 \begin_layout Itemize
29383 Even if you have selected
29389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29392 dialog, users who have only the
29396 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29400 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29401 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29402 french quotes won't show up.
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29406 \begin_inset Float table
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29412 \begin_inset Caption
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29417 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29435 \begin_inset Tabular
29436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 \begin_layout Standard
33868 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33870 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33871 also the characters from
33883 \begin_layout Itemize
33892 \begin_layout Standard
33893 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33900 \begin_layout Standard
33901 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33902 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33908 \begin_layout Standard
33909 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33910 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33916 \begin_layout Standard
33917 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33918 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33924 \begin_layout Standard
33926 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33932 \begin_layout Standard
33934 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33942 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33949 \begin_layout Itemize
33962 \begin_layout Standard
33964 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33970 \begin_layout Standard
33972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33978 \begin_layout Standard
33980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33986 \begin_layout Standard
33988 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33994 \begin_layout Standard
33996 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34002 \begin_layout Standard
34004 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34013 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34014 Also make sure you're using the
34021 \begin_layout Chapter
34024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34026 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34033 \begin_layout Standard
34034 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34035 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34036 inside the user's guide.
34039 \begin_layout Section
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34053 \begin_layout Standard
34058 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34059 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34062 \begin_layout Subsection
34066 \begin_layout Standard
34067 Creates a new document.
34070 \begin_layout Subsection
34074 \begin_layout Standard
34075 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34076 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34077 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34080 \begin_layout Subsection
34084 \begin_layout Standard
34088 \begin_layout Subsection
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34093 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34094 Click there on a file to open it.
34097 \begin_layout Subsection
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 Closes the current document.
34105 \begin_layout Subsection
34109 \begin_layout Standard
34110 Saves the actual document.
34113 \begin_layout Subsection
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34118 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34121 \begin_layout Subsection
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34126 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34129 \begin_layout Subsection
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34134 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34135 It is described in the section
34137 Version Control in LyX
34142 \begin_inset space ~
34150 \begin_layout Subsection
34154 \begin_layout Standard
34155 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34156 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34157 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34160 \begin_layout Standard
34161 When using the menu
34164 \begin_inset space ~
34168 \begin_inset space ~
34173 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34174 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34175 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34176 will start a new paragraph.
34179 \begin_layout Subsection
34181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34190 \begin_layout Standard
34191 You can export your document to various file formats.
34192 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34193 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34194 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34197 \begin_layout Standard
34198 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34200 \begin_inset space ~
34204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34206 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34213 \begin_layout Description
34217 \begin_inset space ~
34222 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34223 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34226 \begin_layout Description
34234 \begin_layout Description
34235 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34239 \begin_layout Description
34241 \begin_inset space ~
34245 \begin_inset space ~
34248 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34252 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34260 \begin_layout Description
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 \begin_inset space ~
34280 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34281 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34285 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34288 \begin_layout Description
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 \begin_inset space ~
34308 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34309 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34317 \begin_layout Description
34319 \begin_inset space ~
34322 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34330 is replaced by the version number)
34333 \begin_layout Description
34334 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34347 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34351 \begin_layout Description
34356 PDF-format using the program
34361 \begin_layout Description
34365 \begin_inset space ~
34370 PDF-format using the program
34375 \begin_layout Description
34379 \begin_inset space ~
34384 PDF-format using the program
34389 \begin_layout Description
34393 \begin_inset space ~
34401 \begin_layout Description
34405 \begin_inset space ~
34409 \begin_inset space ~
34414 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34415 and then exported as text using the program
34420 \begin_layout Description
34425 PostScript format using the program
34430 \begin_layout Description
34438 \begin_layout Standard
34443 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34444 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34450 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34453 \begin_layout Standard
34454 If one of the menu entries
34461 \begin_inset space ~
34470 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34471 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34472 \begin_inset space ~
34476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34478 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 Reconfiguration of LyX
34495 \begin_layout Standard
34500 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34501 the export program.
34504 \begin_layout Subsection
34508 \begin_layout Standard
34509 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34510 or send it to a printer.
34511 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34512 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34518 For more informations have a look at section
34519 \begin_inset space ~
34523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34525 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34532 \begin_layout Subsection
34533 New and Close Window
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34538 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34541 \begin_layout Section
34546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 \begin_layout Subsection
34559 \begin_layout Standard
34560 Described in section
34561 \begin_inset space ~
34565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34567 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34574 \begin_layout Subsection
34575 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34578 \begin_layout Standard
34579 Described in section
34580 \begin_inset space ~
34584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34586 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34593 \begin_layout Subsection
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 Selects the whole document.
34601 \begin_layout Subsection
34605 \begin_layout Standard
34606 Described in section
34607 \begin_inset space ~
34611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34613 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34620 \begin_layout Subsection
34621 Move paragraph Up/Down
34624 \begin_layout Standard
34625 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34629 \begin_layout Subsection
34633 \begin_layout Standard
34634 Described in section
34635 \begin_inset space ~
34639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34641 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34648 \begin_layout Subsection
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34654 Paragraph ! Settings
34662 \begin_layout Standard
34663 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34665 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34670 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34679 \begin_inset space ~
34687 \begin_layout Subsection
34691 \begin_layout Standard
34692 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34693 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34694 The properties of tables are described in section
34695 \begin_inset space ~
34699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34701 reference "sec:Tables"
34705 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34706 \begin_inset space ~
34710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34712 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34719 \begin_layout Subsection
34720 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34724 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34726 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34727 \begin_inset space ~
34731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34733 reference "sec:Nesting"
34738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34740 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34747 \begin_layout Section
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 \begin_layout Standard
34766 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34767 document with an external program.
34768 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34769 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34770 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34777 reference "sub:Export"
34782 You should at least see the menu entries
34789 \begin_inset space ~
34795 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34796 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34797 \begin_inset space ~
34801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34803 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34812 Reconfiguration of LyX
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34822 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34823 \begin_inset space ~
34827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34829 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34834 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34837 \begin_layout Standard
34838 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34841 At the bottom of the
34845 menu the opened documents are listed.
34848 \begin_layout Subsection
34852 \begin_layout Standard
34853 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34855 \begin_inset space ~
34859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34861 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34868 \begin_layout Subsection
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34873 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34874 opening a new view window.
34877 \begin_layout Subsection
34879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34881 name "sub:Toolbars"
34889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 \begin_layout Standard
34899 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34900 All toolbars and the
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34908 can be turned on and off.
34913 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34925 \begin_inset space ~
34934 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34938 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34950 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34954 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34955 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34956 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34957 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34958 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34962 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34963 \begin_inset space ~
34967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34969 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34976 \begin_layout Section
34981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34990 \begin_layout Subsection
34994 \begin_layout Standard
34995 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34996 \begin_inset space ~
35000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35002 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35009 \begin_layout Subsection
35011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35013 name "sub:Special-Character"
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 Here you can insert the following characters:
35024 \begin_layout Description
35025 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35029 \begin_layout Description
35031 \begin_inset space ~
35035 \begin_inset space ~
35038 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35039 \begin_inset space ~
35043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35045 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35052 \begin_layout Description
35054 \begin_inset space ~
35057 Quote Inserts this quote:
35058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35061 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35063 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35073 \begin_layout Description
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35078 Quote Inserts this quote:
35079 \begin_inset Quotes els
35085 \begin_layout Description
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35090 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35094 \begin_layout Description
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35119 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35120 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35121 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35130 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35136 \begin_inset Newline newline
35139 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35151 and this Wiki-page:
35152 \begin_inset Newline newline
35156 \begin_inset Flex URL
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35169 \begin_layout Subsection
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35177 \begin_layout Description
35178 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35179 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35185 \begin_layout Description
35186 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35187 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35193 \begin_layout Description
35195 \begin_inset space ~
35198 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35199 \begin_inset space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35212 \begin_layout Description
35214 \begin_inset space ~
35217 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35218 \begin_inset space ~
35222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35224 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35231 \begin_layout Description
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35236 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35250 \begin_layout Description
35252 \begin_inset space ~
35255 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35256 \begin_inset space ~
35260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35262 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35269 \begin_layout Description
35271 \begin_inset space ~
35274 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35275 \begin_inset space ~
35279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35281 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35288 \begin_layout Description
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35293 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35294 \begin_inset space ~
35298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35300 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35307 \begin_layout Description
35309 \begin_inset space ~
35312 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35313 \begin_inset space ~
35317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35319 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35326 \begin_layout Description
35328 \begin_inset space ~
35331 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35338 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35345 \begin_layout Description
35347 \begin_inset space ~
35350 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35351 \begin_inset space ~
35355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35357 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35364 \begin_layout Description
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35369 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35376 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35383 \begin_layout Description
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35388 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35389 \begin_inset space ~
35393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35395 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35402 \begin_layout Description
35404 \begin_inset space ~
35408 \begin_inset space ~
35411 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35412 \begin_inset space ~
35416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35418 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35425 \begin_layout Subsection
35429 \begin_layout Standard
35430 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35431 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35439 reference "sec:toc"
35444 The index list is described in section
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35451 reference "sec:Index"
35455 , the nomenclature in section
35456 \begin_inset space ~
35460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35462 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35466 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35467 \begin_inset space ~
35471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35473 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35480 \begin_layout Subsection
35484 \begin_layout Standard
35485 To insert floats, described in section
35486 \begin_inset space ~
35490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35492 reference "sec:Floats"
35499 \begin_layout Subsection
35503 \begin_layout Standard
35504 To insert notes, described in section
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sec:Notes"
35518 \begin_layout Subsection
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35530 reference "sec:Branches"
35537 \begin_layout Subsection
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 \begin_layout Standard
35552 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35553 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35564 \begin_layout Subsection
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35578 \begin_layout Standard
35579 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35580 \begin_inset space ~
35584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35586 reference "sec:Minipages"
35591 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35602 \begin_layout Subsection
35606 \begin_layout Standard
35607 Inserts a citation as described in section
35608 \begin_inset space ~
35612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35614 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35621 \begin_layout Subsection
35625 \begin_layout Standard
35626 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35627 \begin_inset space ~
35631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35633 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35640 \begin_layout Subsection
35644 \begin_layout Standard
35645 Inserts a label as described in section
35646 \begin_inset space ~
35650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35652 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35659 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35675 Longtables ! Caption
35683 \begin_layout Standard
35684 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35685 Floats are described in section
35686 \begin_inset space ~
35690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35692 reference "sec:Floats"
35696 , cations in longtables are described in section
35707 \begin_layout Subsection
35711 \begin_layout Standard
35712 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35713 \begin_inset space ~
35717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35719 reference "sec:Index"
35726 \begin_layout Subsection
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35732 \begin_inset space ~
35736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35738 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35745 \begin_layout Subsection
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35751 Tables are described in section
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35758 reference "sec:Tables"
35765 \begin_layout Subsection
35769 \begin_layout Standard
35771 Graphics are described in section
35772 \begin_inset space ~
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35778 reference "sec:Graphics"
35785 \begin_layout Subsection
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35790 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35791 \begin_inset space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "sec:URL"
35804 \begin_layout Subsection
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35809 Inserts a footnote, see section
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35816 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35823 \begin_layout Subsection
35827 \begin_layout Standard
35828 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35829 \begin_inset space ~
35833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35835 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35842 \begin_layout Subsection
35846 \begin_layout Standard
35847 Inserts a short title, see section
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35861 \begin_layout Subsection
35865 \begin_layout Standard
35866 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35873 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35880 \begin_layout Subsection
35885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 \begin_layout Standard
35895 Inserts a program listings box.
35896 Program listings are explained in chapter
35898 Program Code Listings
35907 \begin_layout Subsection
35911 \begin_layout Standard
35912 Inserts the actual date.
35913 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35915 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35925 There the different methods are also compared.
35928 \begin_layout Section
35933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 \begin_layout Standard
35943 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35944 the current document.
35945 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35948 \begin_layout Standard
35949 The Navigate menu also offers to
35952 \begin_layout Subsection
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35958 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35961 \begin_inset space ~
35965 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35969 2.5 and use the menu
35972 \begin_inset space ~
35976 \begin_inset space ~
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35999 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36013 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36016 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36020 \begin_layout Standard
36021 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36025 \begin_layout Subsection
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36030 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36031 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36032 on a cross-reference box.
36035 \begin_layout Section
36040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36049 \begin_layout Subsection
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36054 Change Tracking is described in section
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36061 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36068 \begin_layout Subsection
36073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36083 \begin_layout Standard
36084 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36086 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36090 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36095 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36098 \begin_layout Subsection
36102 \begin_layout Standard
36103 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36117 \begin_layout Subsection
36118 Start Appendix Here
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36123 position as described in section
36124 \begin_inset space ~
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sec:Appendices"
36137 \begin_layout Subsection
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36142 Un/compresses the actual document.
36145 \begin_layout Subsection
36147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36149 name "sub:Settings"
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 Document ! Settings
36166 \begin_layout Standard
36167 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36169 You can save your document settings as default with the
36171 Save as Document Defaults
36173 button in the dialog.
36174 This will create a template named
36178 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36183 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36186 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36190 \begin_layout Standard
36191 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36192 Document classes are described in section
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36199 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36204 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36209 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36210 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36213 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36218 The document font settings are described in section
36219 \begin_inset space ~
36223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36225 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36232 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36239 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36244 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36245 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36246 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36249 \begin_layout Standard
36250 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36258 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 A description of this menu is given in section
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36270 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36277 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36284 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36288 \begin_layout Standard
36289 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36296 reference "sub:Margins"
36303 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36309 Language ! Encoding
36317 \begin_layout Standard
36318 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36319 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36320 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36321 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36322 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36323 known for a particular character).
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36329 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36334 manual for details.
36342 \begin_layout Standard
36343 If you use the option
36345 use language's default encoding
36347 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36349 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36350 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36351 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36352 exactly one encoding.
36353 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36363 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36365 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36366 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36381 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36382 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36383 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36384 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36385 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36386 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36389 use language's default encoding
36391 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36392 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36393 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36400 \begin_layout Description
36402 \begin_inset space ~
36407 use language's default encoding
36409 , but the LaTeX-package
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36424 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36425 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36426 languages in TeX code.
36429 \begin_layout Description
36430 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36433 \begin_layout Description
36434 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36435 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36438 \begin_layout Description
36439 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36442 \begin_layout Description
36443 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36446 \begin_layout Description
36447 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36450 \begin_layout Description
36451 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36454 \begin_layout Description
36455 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36458 \begin_layout Description
36459 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36460 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36463 \begin_layout Description
36464 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36465 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36468 \begin_layout Description
36469 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36472 \begin_layout Description
36473 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36476 \begin_layout Description
36477 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36480 \begin_layout Description
36481 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36484 \begin_layout Description
36485 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36486 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36487 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36491 \begin_layout Description
36492 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36493 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36496 \begin_layout Description
36497 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36501 \begin_layout Description
36502 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36505 \begin_layout Description
36506 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36507 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36510 \begin_layout Description
36511 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36512 the euro currency sign, the
36516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36525 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36526 be the replacement for latin1
36529 \begin_layout Description
36530 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36533 \begin_layout Description
36534 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36549 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36553 \begin_layout Description
36554 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36568 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36571 \begin_layout Description
36572 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36581 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36586 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36589 \begin_layout Description
36590 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36594 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36603 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36618 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36625 \begin_inset space ~
36629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36631 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36638 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36642 \begin_layout Standard
36643 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36666 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36672 For a further description see section
36673 \begin_inset space ~
36677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36679 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36686 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36691 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36714 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36719 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36722 \begin_layout Standard
36727 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36728 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36731 \begin_layout Standard
36736 is used for special integral characters.
36739 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36744 The float placement options are described in section
36745 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36758 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36763 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36764 The itemize environment is described in section
36765 \begin_inset space ~
36769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36771 reference "sec:Itemize"
36778 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36782 \begin_layout Standard
36783 Branches are described in section
36784 \begin_inset space ~
36788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36790 reference "sec:Branches"
36797 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36814 to define LaTeX-commands.
36815 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36816 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36821 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36822 \begin_inset space ~
36826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36828 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36835 \begin_layout Section
36840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36853 \begin_layout Standard
36854 Spell checking is explained in section
36855 \begin_inset space ~
36859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36861 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36868 \begin_layout Subsection
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 The thesaurus is described in section
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36880 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36887 \begin_layout Subsection
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36902 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36906 \begin_layout Subsection
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 \begin_layout Standard
36921 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36924 \begin_layout Subsection
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36941 Reconfiguration of LyX
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 Reconfiguration of LyX
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36971 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36972 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36973 \begin_inset space ~
36977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36979 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36986 \begin_layout Subsection
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36998 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37005 \begin_layout Section
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37020 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37024 \begin_layout Standard
37028 \begin_inset space ~
37033 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37034 found by LyX (see also section
37035 \begin_inset space ~
37039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37041 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37048 \begin_layout Section
37050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37052 name "sec:Toolbars"
37059 \begin_layout Standard
37060 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37061 \begin_inset space ~
37065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37067 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37076 This is described in the
37083 \begin_layout Subsection
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 \begin_layout Standard
37098 \begin_inset Graphics
37099 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37115 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 \begin_inset Note Note
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37141 manual for more information.
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37150 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37156 \begin_layout Standard
37157 \begin_inset Tabular
37158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37159 <features islongtable="true">
37160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 \begin_inset Graphics
37168 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37195 \begin_layout Standard
37196 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37202 \begin_layout Standard
37204 \begin_inset Tabular
37205 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37206 <features islongtable="true">
37207 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37208 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 \begin_inset Graphics
37217 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37233 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 \begin_inset Graphics
37246 filename ../images/file-open.png
37247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 \begin_inset Graphics
37275 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 \begin_inset Graphics
37304 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37320 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 \begin_inset Graphics
37362 filename ../images/undo.png
37363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 \begin_inset Graphics
37391 filename ../images/redo.png
37392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 \begin_inset Graphics
37420 filename ../images/cut.png
37421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 \begin_inset Graphics
37449 filename ../images/copy.png
37450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 \begin_inset Graphics
37478 filename ../images/paste.png
37479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37509 rotateOrigin center
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37561 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37563 \begin_inset space ~
37574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 \begin_inset Graphics
37580 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37596 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 \begin_inset Graphics
37615 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 Formats text using the current settings in the
37631 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37633 \begin_inset space ~
37644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 \begin_inset Graphics
37650 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37667 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37669 \begin_inset space ~
37678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37683 \begin_inset Graphics
37684 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37686 rotateOrigin center
37695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_inset Graphics
37714 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37716 rotateOrigin center
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 \begin_inset Graphics
37744 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37745 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37746 rotateOrigin center
37755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 Toggle outline window on/off,
37761 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 \begin_inset Graphics
37774 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37776 rotateOrigin center
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 \begin_inset Graphics
37801 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37803 rotateOrigin center
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37829 \begin_layout Subsection
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_layout Standard
37844 \begin_inset Graphics
37845 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37853 \begin_layout Standard
37854 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37861 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37866 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37872 \begin_layout Standard
37873 \begin_inset Tabular
37874 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37875 <features islongtable="true">
37876 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37877 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37883 \begin_inset Graphics
37884 filename ../images/layout.png
37885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37886 rotateOrigin center
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37910 \begin_inset Graphics
37911 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37913 rotateOrigin center
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37932 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37937 \begin_inset Graphics
37938 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37939 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37940 rotateOrigin center
37949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 \begin_inset Graphics
37965 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37967 rotateOrigin center
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37991 \begin_inset Graphics
37992 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37994 rotateOrigin center
38003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_inset Graphics
38019 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38021 rotateOrigin center
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38038 \begin_inset space ~
38042 \begin_inset space ~
38051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 \begin_inset Graphics
38057 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38058 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38059 rotateOrigin center
38068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38076 \begin_inset space ~
38080 \begin_inset space ~
38089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 \begin_inset Graphics
38095 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38096 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38112 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 \begin_inset Graphics
38125 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38142 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset Graphics
38155 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 \begin_inset Graphics
38184 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38212 \begin_inset Graphics
38213 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 \begin_inset Graphics
38242 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38260 \begin_inset space ~
38269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 \begin_inset Graphics
38275 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38293 \begin_inset space ~
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38336 \begin_inset Graphics
38337 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38339 rotateOrigin center
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 \begin_inset Graphics
38371 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38388 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 \begin_inset Graphics
38405 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 \begin_inset Graphics
38434 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 \begin_inset Graphics
38463 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38464 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_inset Graphics
38507 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38526 \begin_inset space ~
38535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 \begin_inset Graphics
38541 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38543 rotateOrigin center
38552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38560 \begin_inset space ~
38569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 \begin_inset Graphics
38575 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38577 rotateOrigin center
38586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38594 \begin_inset space ~
38603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38608 \begin_inset Graphics
38609 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38611 rotateOrigin center
38620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38626 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38640 \begin_layout Subsection
38641 View / Update Toolbar
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 Toolbar ! View / Update
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 \begin_inset Graphics
38656 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38676 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38682 \begin_layout Standard
38683 \begin_inset Tabular
38684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38685 <features islongtable="true">
38686 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38693 \begin_inset Graphics
38694 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38696 rotateOrigin center
38705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38711 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38723 \begin_inset Graphics
38724 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38726 rotateOrigin center
38735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38742 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 \begin_inset Graphics
38755 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38757 rotateOrigin center
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38779 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38784 \begin_inset Graphics
38785 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38786 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38787 rotateOrigin center
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38802 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38803 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38810 functionality is merged with
38812 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38832 \begin_inset Graphics
38833 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38835 rotateOrigin center
38844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38850 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 \begin_inset Graphics
38863 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38865 rotateOrigin center
38874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38880 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38881 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38895 \begin_layout Subsection
38899 \begin_layout Standard
38900 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38901 \begin_inset space ~
38905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38907 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38911 , the table toolbar
38915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38921 is explained in the
38928 \begin_layout Chapter
38934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38936 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38953 \begin_layout Standard
38954 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38956 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38959 \begin_layout Section
38963 \begin_layout Subsection
38965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38976 Customization ! of toolbars
38985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38986 Customization ! of menus
38994 \begin_layout Standard
38995 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39003 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39012 User Interface File
39016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39017 Customization ! of toolbars
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39027 Customization ! of menus
39035 \begin_layout Standard
39036 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39037 interface (ui) file.
39038 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39039 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39048 Both files are loaded by the
39053 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39054 files and edit the entries.
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39070 entries must be ended with an explicit
39095 and in the case of the
39096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39108 The syntax for the entries is:
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39140 \begin_layout Standard
39142 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39145 All LyX-functions are listed in
39146 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39155 \begin_layout Standard
39156 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39162 \begin_layout Standard
39163 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39165 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39168 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39172 \begin_layout Standard
39173 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39178 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39181 \begin_layout Standard
39183 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39186 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39203 \begin_layout Standard
39204 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39205 Several binding files are available:
39208 \begin_layout Description
39209 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39212 \begin_layout Description
39213 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39224 \begin_layout Description
39225 mac.bind set of bindings for
39228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39241 , and bind files for special languages.
39242 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39252 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39257 Some bind-files, like
39261 , have only a small scope.
39262 When looking at the the end of the file
39266 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39269 \begin_layout Standard
39270 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39271 s with a text editor.
39272 The syntax of the entries is:
39275 \begin_layout Standard
39281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39299 \begin_layout Standard
39300 All LyX-functions are listed in
39301 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39314 \begin_layout Standard
39318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39325 restore window size, or use fixed size
39327 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39331 \begin_layout Standard
39335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39342 restore window position
39344 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39347 \begin_layout Standard
39350 Restore cursor positions
39352 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39359 Load opened files from last session
39361 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39368 name "sub:Backup documents"
39376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39385 \begin_layout Standard
39390 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39393 \begin_layout Standard
39398 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39415 \begin_layout Standard
39418 Cursor follows scrollbar
39420 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39428 \begin_layout Standard
39431 Enable Pixmap Cache
39433 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39434 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39435 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39436 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39438 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39445 \begin_layout Subsection
39450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39459 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39466 \begin_layout Standard
39467 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39479 This section only deals with the fonts
39484 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39488 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39499 \begin_layout Standard
39500 By default, LyX uses
39504 as roman (serif) font,
39512 (depends on the system) as
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39531 \begin_layout Standard
39532 You can change the font size with the
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39544 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39545 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39550 points have the size of 1
39551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39561 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39573 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39574 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39578 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39585 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39592 \begin_layout Subsection
39597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39616 \begin_layout Standard
39617 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39618 Choose an item in the list and use the
39625 \begin_layout Subsection
39630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39631 Settings ! Graphics
39639 \begin_layout Standard
39640 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39643 \begin_layout Standard
39648 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39649 This feature is described in section
39650 \begin_inset space ~
39654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39656 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39663 \begin_layout Subsection
39668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39679 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39687 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39694 \begin_layout Standard
39695 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39696 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39705 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39706 can use the keyboard map file named
39713 \begin_layout Standard
39714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39722 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39730 \begin_layout Section
39735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39746 Settings ! Directory
39754 \begin_layout Description
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39759 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39760 It is the default when you
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_layout Description
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39784 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39786 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_layout Description
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39815 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39816 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39823 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39831 will be used to save the backups.
39832 \begin_inset Newline newline
39835 The backup files have the ending
39836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39846 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39858 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39859 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39860 \begin_inset Newline newline
39864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39872 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39880 \begin_layout Description
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39885 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39888 \begin_layout Description
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39893 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39894 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39895 to find it on the system.
39896 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39897 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39906 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39907 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39911 \begin_layout Section
39915 \begin_layout Standard
39916 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39917 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39925 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39929 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39932 \begin_layout Section
39937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39938 Language ! Settings
39947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39948 Settings ! Language
39956 \begin_layout Subsection
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39965 language is the language used in new documents
39968 \begin_layout Description
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39973 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39975 The default is the LaTeX-command
39981 that loads the package
39989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39990 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39997 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40007 \begin_inset Newline newline
40014 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40015 the document language.
40016 A text label is for instance the word
40017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40024 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40027 \begin_layout Description
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40032 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40033 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40034 An example is the start command
40040 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40045 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40060 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40065 \begin_layout Description
40067 \begin_inset space ~
40075 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40076 command toggles the package on and off.
40079 \begin_layout Description
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40091 \begin_layout Description
40092 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40093 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40094 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40095 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40102 \begin_layout Description
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40107 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40109 When this option is not set, the
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40117 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40118 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_layout Description
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40137 \begin_inset space ~
40143 When it is not set, the
40146 \begin_inset space ~
40151 is set to the end of the document.
40154 \begin_layout Description
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40163 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40164 language will be underlined blue.
40167 \begin_layout Description
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40181 \begin_inset space ~
40184 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40188 \begin_layout Subsection
40192 \begin_layout Standard
40193 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40207 \begin_layout Section
40211 \begin_layout Subsection
40213 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40242 \begin_layout Description
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40247 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40248 The name will be used when the
40253 \begin_inset Newline newline
40257 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40274 \begin_layout Description
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40287 printer This option works only for the
40292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40304 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40305 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40308 \begin_layout Description
40310 \begin_inset space ~
40313 command is the command LyX
40314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40321 LaTeX uses for printing.
40322 The default is on most systems
40329 \begin_layout Description
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40335 \begin_inset space ~
40338 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40339 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40340 of the program that provides the
40347 \begin_layout Subsection
40352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40363 Settings ! Date format
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40372 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40373 \begin_inset Newline newline
40377 \begin_inset Flex URL
40380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40382 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40388 \begin_inset Newline newline
40391 For example the format
40392 \begin_inset Newline newline
40396 \begin_inset Newline newline
40399 prints the date as day/month/year.
40402 \begin_layout Subsection
40406 \begin_layout Description
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40412 \begin_inset space ~
40415 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40418 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40419 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40421 \begin_inset space ~
40427 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40431 \begin_layout Description
40433 \begin_inset space ~
40436 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40441 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40442 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40445 \begin_layout Subsection
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40460 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40477 \begin_layout Description
40482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40490 \begin_inset space ~
40493 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40498 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40520 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40533 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40534 LyX sets up in the background.
40535 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40538 \begin_layout Description
40540 \begin_inset space ~
40544 \begin_inset space ~
40547 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40552 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40555 \begin_layout Description
40557 \begin_inset space ~
40561 \begin_inset space ~
40565 \begin_inset space ~
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset space ~
40577 \begin_inset space ~
40580 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40585 dialog when changing the document class.
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40591 External Applications
40593 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40594 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40595 manuals of the applications.
40596 Currently the following commands can be set:
40599 \begin_layout Description
40604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40612 \begin_inset space ~
40615 command Command for the program
40619 that is described in section
40630 \begin_layout Description
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40646 command Command for the program
40650 that generates the bibliography, see section
40651 \begin_inset space ~
40655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40657 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40664 \begin_layout Description
40666 \begin_inset space ~
40669 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40676 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40683 \begin_layout Description
40685 \begin_inset space ~
40689 \begin_inset space ~
40693 \begin_inset space ~
40697 \begin_inset space ~
40700 options They only have an effect when the program
40704 is used as DVI-viewer.
40707 \begin_layout Subsection
40712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40736 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40739 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40741 uses the Windows path style:
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 instead of the Unix path style:
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_layout Section
40765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40774 \begin_layout Standard
40775 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40776 from one format to another.
40777 You can modify them or create new ones.
40778 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40785 \begin_inset space ~
40795 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40799 \begin_inset space ~
40804 drop-down list, modify the
40808 field, and press the
40815 \begin_layout Standard
40818 Converter File Cache
40820 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40823 Maximum Age (in days
40826 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40827 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40830 \begin_layout Standard
40831 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40832 the converter definition, is described in section
40843 \begin_layout Section
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40857 name "sec:File-Formats"
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40865 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40866 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40868 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40876 \begin_inset space ~
40888 \begin_layout Standard
40889 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40890 is described in section
40901 \begin_layout Section
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40916 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40917 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40918 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40919 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40920 This is done by a Copier.
40923 \begin_layout Standard
40924 More about converters is described in section
40935 \begin_layout Chapter
40936 Units available in LyX
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40949 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40956 \begin_layout Standard
40957 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40960 reference "cap:Units"
40964 explains all units available in LyX.
40967 \begin_layout Standard
40968 \begin_inset Float table
40974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 \begin_inset Caption
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 \begin_inset Tabular
41002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 scaled point (65536
41157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41217 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 % of original image width
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41486 \begin_layout Chapter
41488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41497 \begin_layout Standard
41498 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41499 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41502 \begin_layout Itemize
41505 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41508 \begin_layout Itemize
41514 \begin_layout Itemize
41520 \begin_layout Itemize
41526 \begin_layout Itemize
41532 \begin_layout Itemize
41538 \begin_layout Itemize
41544 \begin_layout Itemize
41550 \begin_layout Itemize
41553 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41556 \begin_layout Itemize
41562 \begin_layout Itemize
41568 \begin_layout Itemize
41574 \begin_layout Itemize
41580 \begin_layout Itemize
41586 \begin_layout Itemize
41592 \begin_layout Itemize
41598 \begin_layout Itemize
41604 \begin_layout Itemize
41606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41615 \begin_layout Standard
41616 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41619 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41626 \begin_layout Bibliography
41627 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41628 LatexCommand bibitem
41635 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41638 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41643 \begin_inset Newline newline
41647 \begin_inset Flex URL
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41660 \begin_layout Bibliography
41661 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41662 LatexCommand bibitem
41663 key "latexcompanion"
41667 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41669 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41672 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41675 \begin_layout Bibliography
41676 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41677 LatexCommand bibitem
41682 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41685 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41688 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41691 \begin_layout Bibliography
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41693 LatexCommand bibitem
41700 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41703 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41706 \begin_layout Bibliography
41707 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41708 LatexCommand bibitem
41720 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41723 \begin_layout Bibliography
41724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41725 LatexCommand bibitem
41731 \begin_inset Newline newline
41735 \begin_inset Flex URL
41738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41748 \begin_layout Bibliography
41749 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41750 LatexCommand bibitem
41756 \begin_inset Newline newline
41760 \begin_inset Flex URL
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41773 \begin_layout Bibliography
41774 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41775 LatexCommand bibitem
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41783 name "Documentation"
41784 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41793 \begin_inset Newline newline
41797 \begin_inset Flex URL
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41802 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41810 \begin_layout Bibliography
41811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41812 LatexCommand bibitem
41818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41820 name "Documentation"
41821 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41830 \begin_inset Newline newline
41834 \begin_inset Flex URL
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41847 \begin_layout Bibliography
41848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41849 LatexCommand bibitem
41855 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41857 name "Documentation"
41858 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41862 of the LaTeX-package
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41877 \begin_inset Newline newline
41881 \begin_inset Flex URL
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41894 \begin_layout Bibliography
41895 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41896 LatexCommand bibitem
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41904 name "Documentation"
41905 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41909 of the LaTeX-package
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41924 \begin_inset Newline newline
41928 \begin_inset Flex URL
41931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41933 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41941 \begin_layout Bibliography
41942 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41943 LatexCommand bibitem
41949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41951 name "Documentation"
41952 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41956 of the LaTeX-package
41964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41965 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41971 \begin_inset Newline newline
41975 \begin_inset Flex URL
41978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41980 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41988 \begin_layout Bibliography
41989 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41990 LatexCommand bibitem
41996 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41998 name "Documentation"
41999 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42003 of the LaTeX-package
42011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42012 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42018 \begin_inset Newline newline
42022 \begin_inset Flex URL
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42027 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42035 \begin_layout Bibliography
42036 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42037 LatexCommand bibitem
42043 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42045 name "Documentation"
42046 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42050 of the LaTeX-package
42058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42059 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42065 \begin_inset Newline newline
42069 \begin_inset Flex URL
42072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42082 \begin_layout Bibliography
42083 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42084 LatexCommand bibitem
42090 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42093 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42097 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42098 \begin_inset Newline newline
42102 \begin_inset Flex URL
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42115 \begin_layout Bibliography
42116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42117 LatexCommand bibitem
42123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42126 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42130 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42131 \begin_inset Newline newline
42135 \begin_inset Flex URL
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42140 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42148 \begin_layout Bibliography
42149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42150 LatexCommand bibitem
42156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42159 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42163 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42164 \begin_inset Newline newline
42168 \begin_inset Flex URL
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42173 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42181 \begin_layout Bibliography
42182 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42183 LatexCommand bibitem
42189 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42192 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42196 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42197 \begin_inset Newline newline
42201 \begin_inset Flex URL
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42214 \begin_layout Bibliography
42215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42216 LatexCommand bibitem
42222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42225 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42229 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42230 \begin_inset Newline newline
42234 \begin_inset Flex URL
42237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42247 \begin_layout Bibliography
42248 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42249 LatexCommand bibitem
42255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42258 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42262 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42263 \begin_inset Newline newline
42267 \begin_inset Flex URL
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42280 \begin_layout Bibliography
42281 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42282 LatexCommand bibitem
42288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42291 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42295 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42296 \begin_inset Newline newline
42300 \begin_inset Flex URL
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42313 \begin_layout Bibliography
42314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42315 LatexCommand bibitem
42321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42328 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42329 \begin_inset Newline newline
42333 \begin_inset Flex URL
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42346 \begin_layout Bibliography
42347 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42348 LatexCommand bibitem
42354 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42357 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42361 about new features in
42366 \begin_inset Newline newline
42370 \begin_inset Flex URL
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42375 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42383 \begin_layout Standard
42384 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42418 \begin_inset Note Note
42421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42429 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42430 bibliography is the second one:
42438 \begin_layout Standard
42439 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42440 LatexCommand bibtex
42441 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42442 options "biblio/alphadin"
42449 \begin_layout Standard
42450 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42453 \begin_layout Standard
42456 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42457 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42462 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42463 LatexCommand printindex